blob: cab649dedd98f3b2c49216c7fb690243710c327d [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
143 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
144 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
145 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
146 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
147 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
148 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
153 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500156 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
157 /cpu CPU specific files
158 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
159 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
160 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
161 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
162 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
167 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
168 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200169 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800170 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000172 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500176 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400179 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200182 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500183 /cpu CPU specific files
184 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
189 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
190 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
191 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
193 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
196 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
197 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
198 /lib Architecture specific library files
199 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
200 /cpu CPU specific files
201 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
202 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400204 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
205 /cpu CPU specific files
206 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500207/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
208/board Board dependent files
209/common Misc architecture independent functions
210/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
211/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
212/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400213/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500214/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
215/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
216/include Header Files
217/lib Files generic to all architectures
218 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
219 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
220 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
221/net Networking code
222/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400223/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500224/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226Software Configuration:
227=======================
228
229Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
230rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
231
232There are two classes of configuration variables:
233
234* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
235 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
236 "CONFIG_".
237
238* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
239 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
240 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200241 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000242
243Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
244identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
245do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
246links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
247as an example here.
248
249
250Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
251---------------------------------------------------
252
253For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
254configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
255
256Example: For a TQM823L module type:
257
258 cd u-boot
259 make TQM823L_config
260
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200261For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
263directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
264
265
266Configuration Options:
267----------------------
268
269Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
270such information is kept in a configuration file
271"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
272
273Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
274"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
275
276
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000277Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
278kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
279build a config tool - later.
280
281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282The following options need to be configured:
283
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000285
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500286- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200287
288- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100289 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290
291- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
292 Define exactly one of
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
294--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
295 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
296 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
297
298- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
299 Define exactly one of
300 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
301
302- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
303 Define one or more of
304 CONFIG_CMA302
305
306- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
307 Define one or more of
308 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200309 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000310 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
311
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000312- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
313 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
314 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200315 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
316 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
317 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
318 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000319
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530320- Marvell Family Member
321 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
322 multiple fs option at one time
323 for marvell soc family
324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000326 Define exactly one of
327 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200329- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000330 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
331 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000332 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
333 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
335 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200338 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
339 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000340 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341 See doc/README.MPC866
342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200343 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000344
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000345 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
346 of relying on the correctness of the configured
347 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
348 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
349 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000351
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100352 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
353
354 Define this option if you want to enable the
355 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
356
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600357- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000358 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
359
360 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
361 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
362 compliance, among other possible reasons.
363
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600364 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
365
366 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
367 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
368 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
369
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500370 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
371
372 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
373 tree nodes for the given platform.
374
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000375 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
376
377 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
378 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
379 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
380 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
381 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
382 purpose.
383
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
385
386 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
387 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
389
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
391 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
392
393 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
394 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
395
396 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
397 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
398 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
399 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
400
401 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
402 this erratum.
403
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530404 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
405 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
406 requred during NOR boot.
407
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000408 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
409
410 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
411 according to the A004510 workaround.
412
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530413 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
414 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
415 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
416
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
419 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
420
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
423 connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
426 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
427
York Suncb930712013-06-25 11:37:41 -0700428 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
429 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
430 deskew training are not available.
431
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000894 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500895 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
896 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
897 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
898 host
899 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
902 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
905 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
906 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
907 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
908 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
909 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700910 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400912 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800913 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
919 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000922 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200923 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
926 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
927 support you can write:
928
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500929 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
930 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400932 Other Commands:
933 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
935 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000937 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
938 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
939 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
940 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
941 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
942 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944
945 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
946
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000947- Regular expression support:
948 CONFIG_REGEX
949 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
950 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
951 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
952 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
953
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000954- Device tree:
955 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
956 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
957 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
958 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
959 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
960 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
961
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000962 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
963 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000964
965 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
966 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
967 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
968 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
969 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
970 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000971
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000972 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
973 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
974 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
975 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
976
977 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
978
979 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
980 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
981 still use the individual files if you need something more
982 exotic.
983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984- Watchdog:
985 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
986 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000987 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
988 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
989 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
990 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
991 available, then no further board specific code should
992 be needed to use it.
993
994 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
995 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
996 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
997 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000998
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000999- U-Boot Version:
1000 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1001 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1002 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1003 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001004 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1005 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Real-Time Clock:
1008
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1011 following options:
1012
1013 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1014 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001021 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001022 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001023 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001024 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1025 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001027 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1028 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1029
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001030- GPIO Support:
1031 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1032 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1033
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001034 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1035 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1036 pins supported by a particular chip.
1037
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001038 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1039 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041- Timestamp Support:
1042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001043 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1044 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1045 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1049 Zero or more of the following:
1050 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1051 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1052 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1053 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1054 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1055 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1056 disk/part_efi.c
1057 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001059 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1060 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001061 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
1063- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001064 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1065 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001067 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1068 be performed by calling the function
1069 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1070 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071
1072- ATAPI Support:
1073 CONFIG_ATAPI
1074
1075 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1076
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001077- LBA48 Support
1078 CONFIG_LBA48
1079
1080 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001081 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001082 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1083 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001085 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001086 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1087 Default is 32bit.
1088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089- SCSI Support:
1090 At the moment only there is only support for the
1091 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1092 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1095 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1096 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1098 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001099 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001101 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1102 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001105 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001106 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1107
1108 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1109 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1110 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1111 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1112
1113 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1114 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1115 example with the "sspi" command.
1116
1117 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1118 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1119 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001120
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001122 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1125 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001126 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 write routine for first time initialisation.
1128
1129 CONFIG_TULIP
1130 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1131 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1132 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1133
1134 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1135 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1136
1137 CONFIG_NS8382X
1138 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1139
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001140- NETWORK Support (other):
1141
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001142 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1143 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1144
1145 CONFIG_RMII
1146 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1147
1148 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1149 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1150 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1151
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001152 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1153 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1154
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001155 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001156 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1157
1158 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1159 Define this to hold the physical address
1160 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1161
1162 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1163 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1164
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001165 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001166 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1167
1168 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1169 Define this to hold the physical address
1170 of the device (I/O space)
1171
1172 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1173 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1174
1175 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1176 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1177 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1178
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001179 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1180 Support for davinci emac
1181
1182 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1183 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1184
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001185 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1186 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1187
1188 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1189 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1190 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1191 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1192 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1193 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1194 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1195 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1196
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Define this to hold the physical address
1202 of the device (I/O space)
1203
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001204 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001205 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1206
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001207 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001208 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1209 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001212 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1213 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1214
1215 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1216 Define the number of ports to be used
1217
1218 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1219 Define the ETH PHY's address
1220
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001221 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1222 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1223
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001224- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001225 CONFIG_TPM
1226 Support TPM devices.
1227
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1229 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1233 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1234
1235 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1236 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1237
1238 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1239 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1240
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001241 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1242 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1243
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001244 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001245 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1246 per system is supported at this time.
1247
1248 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1249 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1250 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1251 0xfed40000.
1252
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001253 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1254 Add tpm monitor functions.
1255 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1256 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1257
1258 CONFIG_TPM
1259 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1260 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1261 Requires support for a TPM device.
1262
1263 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1264 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1265 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001267- USB Support:
1268 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001269 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1271 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001272 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001273 storage devices.
1274 Note:
1275 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1276 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001277 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1278 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1279 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001280 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1281 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001282 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1283 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1284 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001285 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1286 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001287 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001288 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1289 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001290
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001291 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1292 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1293
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001294 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1295 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1296
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001297- USB Device:
1298 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1299 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1300 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001301 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001302 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1303 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001304 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001305 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1306 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1307 a Linux host by
1308 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1309 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1310 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1311 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001312
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1314 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001315
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001316 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1317 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1318 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001319
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301320 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1321 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1322 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1323 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1324 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1325 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1326 speed.
1327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001328 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001329 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1330 be set to usbtty.
1331
1332 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001333 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001334 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001335 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001337 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001338 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001339 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001340
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001341 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001342 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001343 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001344 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1345 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1346 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1347
1348 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1349 Define this string as the name of your company for
1350 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001351
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001352 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1353 Define this string as the name of your product
1354 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1355
1356 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1357 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1358 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1359 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1360 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001361
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001362 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1363 Define this as the unique Product ID
1364 for your device
1365 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001366
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001367- ULPI Layer Support:
1368 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1369 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1370 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1371 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1372 viewport is supported.
1373 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1374 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001375 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1376 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1377 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001378
1379- MMC Support:
1380 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1381 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1382 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1383 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001384 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1385 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001386
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001387 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1388 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1389
1390 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1391 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1392
1393 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1394 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1395
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001396- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1397 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1398 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1399
1400 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1401 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1402 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1403 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1404 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1405
1406 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1407 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1408
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001409 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1410 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1411
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301412 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1413 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1414 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1415 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1416 one that would help mostly the developer.
1417
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001418 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1419 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1420 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1421 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1422 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1423
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001424 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1425 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1426 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1427 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1428 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1429 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1430
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001431- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1432 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1433 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1434 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001436 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1437 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001438 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001440 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001441 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1442 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1443
1444 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001445 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001446 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1447 have not defined a custom partition
1448
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001449- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1450 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001451
1452 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1453 file in FAT formatted partition.
1454
1455 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1456 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001457
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001458CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1459 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1460
1461 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1462 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1463 and cbfsload.
1464
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001465- Keyboard Support:
1466 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1467
1468 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1469 support
1470
1471 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1472 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1473 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1474 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1475 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1476
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001477 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1478 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1479 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1480 which provides key scans on request.
1481
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001482- Video support:
1483 CONFIG_VIDEO
1484
1485 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1486 video).
1487
1488 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1489
1490 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1491
1492 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001493 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001494 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1495 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1496 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001498 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001499 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001500 are possible:
1501 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001502 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001503
1504 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1505 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1506 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1507 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1508 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1509 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1510 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001511 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1512
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001513 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001514 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001515
1516
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001517 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001518 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001519 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1520 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1521
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001522 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001523 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001524 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1525 support, and should also define these other macros:
1526
1527 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1528 CONFIG_VIDEO
1529 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1530 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1531 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1532 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1533 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1534 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1535
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001536 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1537 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1538 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1539 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001540
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001541 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1542
1543 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1544 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1545 driver.
1546
1547
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001548- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001549 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001550
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001551 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1552 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1553 defined in your board-specific files.
1554 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1557
1558 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1559 display); also select one of the supported displays
1560 by defining one of these:
1561
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001562 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1563
1564 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1565
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001566 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001567
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001568 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001570 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001571
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001572 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1573 Active, color, single scan.
1574
1575 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1576
1577 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001578 Active, color, single scan.
1579
1580 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1581
1582 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1583 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1584
1585 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1586
1587 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1588 Active, color, single scan.
1589
1590 CONFIG_HLD1045
1591
1592 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1593 Active, color, single scan.
1594
1595 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1596
1597 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1598 or
1599 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1600 or
1601 Hitachi SP14Q002
1602
1603 320x240. Black & white.
1604
1605 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001606 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001607
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001608 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1609
1610 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1611 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1612 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1613 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1614 a per-section basis.
1615
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001616 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1617
1618 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1619 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1620 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1621 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001622
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001623 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1624
1625 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1626
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001627 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1628
1629 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1630 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1631
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001632- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001633
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001634 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1635 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1636 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001637 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001638 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1639 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1640 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1641 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001642
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001643 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1644
1645 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1646 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1647 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1648 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1649 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1650 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1651 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1652 there is no need to set this option.
1653
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001654 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1655
1656 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1657 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1658 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1659 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1660 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1661 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1662
1663 Example:
1664 setenv splashpos m,m
1665 => image at center of screen
1666
1667 setenv splashpos 30,20
1668 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1669
1670 setenv splashpos -10,m
1671 => vertically centered image
1672 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1673
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001674- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1675
1676 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1677 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1678 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1679
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001680- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1681
1682 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1683 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1684 bmp command.
1685
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001686- Do compresssing for memory range:
1687 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1688
1689 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1690 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1691
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001692- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001693 CONFIG_GZIP
1694
1695 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1696
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001697 CONFIG_BZIP2
1698
1699 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1700 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1701 compressed images are supported.
1702
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001703 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001704 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001705 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001706
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001707 CONFIG_LZMA
1708
1709 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1710 images is included.
1711
1712 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1713 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1714 formula:
1715
1716 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1717
1718 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1719 and Literal pos bits.
1720
1721 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1722 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1723 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1724 a very small buffer.
1725
1726 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1727 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001728 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001729
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001730 CONFIG_LZO
1731
1732 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1733 is included.
1734
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001735- MII/PHY support:
1736 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1737
1738 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1739
1740 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1741
1742 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1743
1744 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1745
1746 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001747 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001748
1749 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1750
1751 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1752 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1753 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1754 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1755
1756 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1757
1758 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1759 command issued before MII status register can be read
1760
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761- Ethernet address:
1762 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001763 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1765 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001766 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1767 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001769 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1770 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001771 is not determined automatically.
1772
1773- IP address:
1774 CONFIG_IPADDR
1775
1776 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001777 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001779 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001780
1781- Server IP address:
1782 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1783
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001784 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001785 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001786 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001788 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1789
1790 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1791 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1792
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001793- Gateway IP address:
1794 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1795
1796 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1797 default router where packets to other networks are
1798 sent to.
1799 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1800
1801- Subnet mask:
1802 CONFIG_NETMASK
1803
1804 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1805 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1806 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1807 forwarded through a router.
1808 (Environment variable "netmask")
1809
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001810- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1811 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1812
1813 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1814 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001815 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001816 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1817 multicast group.
1818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1820 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1821
1822 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1823 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1824 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1825 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1826 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1827 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1828 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1829 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001830 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831
1832 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1833 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1834 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1835 4th and following
1836 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1837
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001838- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001839 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1840 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001841
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001842 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1843 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1844 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1845 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1846 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1847 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1848 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1849 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1850 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1851 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1852 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1853 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001854 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001855
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001856 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1857 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001858
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001859 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1860 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1861 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1862 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1863 is not available.
1864
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001865 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1866 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1867 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1868 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1869 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1870 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1871 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001872 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001873
1874 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1875 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1876 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001877 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001878 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1879 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001880
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001881 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1882
1883 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1884 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1885 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1886 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1887 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1888 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1889 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1890 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1891 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1892 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1893 this delay.
1894
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001895 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1896 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1897 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1898 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1899 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1900
1901 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1902
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001903 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001904 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001905
1906 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1907
1908 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1909
1910 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1911 of the device.
1912
1913 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1914
1915 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1916 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001917 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001918
1919 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1920
1921 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1922 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1923
1924 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1925
1926 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1927
1928 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1929
1930 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1931
1932 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1933
1934 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1935
1936 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1937
1938 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1939 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1940
1941 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1942
1943 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1944
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1946
1947 Several configurations allow to display the current
1948 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1949 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1950 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1951 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1952 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1953 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1954 feature in U-Boot.
1955
1956- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1957
1958 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1959 on those systems that support this (optional)
1960 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1961
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001962- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001964 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1965 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1966 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1967 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1968 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1969 interface.
1970
1971 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001972 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1973 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1974 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1975 for defining speed and slave address
1976 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1977 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1978 for defining speed and slave address
1979 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1980 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1981 for defining speed and slave address
1982 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1983 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1984 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001985
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001986 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1987 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1988 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1989 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1990 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1991 bus.
1992 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
1993 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1994 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1995 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1996 second bus.
1997
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001998 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
1999 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2000 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2001 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2002
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002003 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2004 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2005 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2006 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2007
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002008 additional defines:
2009
2010 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2011 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2012 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2013 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2014 omit this define.
2015
2016 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2017 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2018 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2019 omit this define.
2020
2021 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2022 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2023 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2024 define.
2025
2026 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2027 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2028 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2029 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2030 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2031
2032 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2033 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2034 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2035 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2036 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2037 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2038 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2039 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2040 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2041 }
2042
2043 which defines
2044 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002045 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2046 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2047 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2048 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2049 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002050 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002051 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2052 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002053
2054 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2055
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002056- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002057
2058 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2059 provides the following compelling advantages:
2060
2061 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2062 - approved multibus support
2063 - better i2c mux support
2064
2065 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2066
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002067 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2068 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2069 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002070
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002071 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002072 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002073 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2074 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002075 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002077 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002079 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002080 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002082 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002083 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002084 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002085 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002086
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002087 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002088 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002089 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2090 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2091 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002093 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2094
2095 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2096 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2097 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2098 commands until the slave device responds.
2099
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002100 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002101
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002102 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002103 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2104 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105
2106 I2C_INIT
2107
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002108 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002109 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002111 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002112
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002113 I2C_PORT
2114
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002115 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2116 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2117 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
2119 I2C_ACTIVE
2120
2121 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2122 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2123 define can be null.
2124
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002125 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127 I2C_TRISTATE
2128
2129 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2130 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2131 define can be null.
2132
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002133 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135 I2C_READ
2136
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002137 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2138 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002139
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002140 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142 I2C_SDA(bit)
2143
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002144 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2145 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002147 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002148 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002149 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151 I2C_SCL(bit)
2152
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002153 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2154 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002156 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002157 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002158 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002160 I2C_DELAY
2161
2162 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2163 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002164 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002165 like:
2166
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002167 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002168
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002169 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2170
2171 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2172 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2173 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2174 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2175
2176 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2177 the generic GPIO functions.
2178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002179 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002180
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002181 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2182 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2183 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2184 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2185 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2186 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2187 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2188 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002189
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2191
2192 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2193 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2194 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2195 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2196 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2197 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2198 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2199 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2200
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002201 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2202
2203 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2204 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2205 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2206
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002207 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2208
2209 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002210 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2211 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002212 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002214 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002215
2216 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002217 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002218 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2219 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002220
2221 e.g.
2222 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002223 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002224
2225 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2226
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002227 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002228 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002229
2230 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002232 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002233
2234 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2235 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002237 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002238
2239 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2240 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002242 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002243
2244 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2245 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002247 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002248
2249 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2250 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2251 specified DTT device.
2252
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002253 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2254
2255 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2256 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2257 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2258 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2259 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2260 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2261 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002262
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2264
2265 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2266 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2267 D/As on the SACSng board)
2268
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002269 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2270
2271 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2272 only SH7757 is supported.
2273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274 CONFIG_SPI_X
2275
2276 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2277 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2278
2279 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2280
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002281 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2282 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2283 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2284 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2285 defined, the board configuration must define several
2286 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2287 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002289 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2290
2291 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2292 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2293 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002294 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002295 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2296
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002297 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2298
2299 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002300 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002301
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002302- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2303
2304 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2305
2306 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2307
2308 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2309 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2310
2311 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2312
2313 Enables support for FPGA family.
2314 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2315
2316 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002317
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002318 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002320 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002322 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002324 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002326 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2327 status by the configuration function. This option
2328 will require a board or device specific function to
2329 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330
2331 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2332
2333 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2334 configuration driver.
2335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002336 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002337 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002339 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002340
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002341 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2342 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2343 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2344 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002346 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002348 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2349 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2350 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002351 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002353 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002354
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002355 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002356 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002358 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002360 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002361 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002362
2363- Configuration Management:
2364 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2365
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002366 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2367 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368
2369- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2370
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002371 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2372 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002373 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002374 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2375 protects these variables from casual modification by
2376 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2377 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002378 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
2380 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2381 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002382 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383 these parameters.
2384
2385 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2386 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002387 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2389 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2390 read-only.]
2391
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002392 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2393 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2394 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2395 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2396
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397- Protected RAM:
2398 CONFIG_PRAM
2399
2400 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2401 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2402 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2403 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2404 this default value by defining an environment
2405 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2406 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2407 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2408 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2409 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2410 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2411 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2412
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002413 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002414 saveenv
2415
2416 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2417 either, which results in a memory region that will
2418 not be affected by reboots.
2419
2420 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2421 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2422 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2423 following board configurations are known to be
2424 "pRAM-clean":
2425
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002426 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2427 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002428 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002430- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2431 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2432 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2433 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2434 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2435 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2436 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2437
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438- Error Recovery:
2439 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2440
2441 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2442 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2443 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002444 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2446 useful during development since you can try to debug
2447 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2448
2449 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2450
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002451 This variable defines the number of retries for
2452 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2453 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2454 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002456 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2457
2458 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2459
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002460 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2461
2462 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2463 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2464 try longer timeout such as
2465 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2466
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002468 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002469
2470 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2471
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002472 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2473 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002474
2475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002476 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
2478 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2479 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2480 powerful command line syntax like
2481 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2482 constructs ("shell scripts").
2483
2484 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2485 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2486
2487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002488 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
2490 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2491 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2492 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2493
2494 Note:
2495
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002496 In the current implementation, the local variables
2497 space and global environment variables space are
2498 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2499 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2500 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2501 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2502 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002504 Global environment variables are those you use
2505 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2506 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2507 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
2509 To store commands and special characters in a
2510 variable, please use double quotation marks
2511 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2512 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2513 symbols.
2514
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002515- Commandline Editing and History:
2516 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2517
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002518 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002519 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002520
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002521- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002522 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2523
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002524 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2525 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002526 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002527
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002528 For example, place something like this in your
2529 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
2531 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2532 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2533 "myvar2=value2\0"
2534
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002535 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2536 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2537 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2538 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002539 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540 You better know what you are doing here.
2541
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002542 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2543 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002544 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002545 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002547 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2548
2549 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2550 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2551 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2552
2553 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2554
2555 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2556 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2557 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2558 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2559 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2560
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002561 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2562
2563 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2564 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2565 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2566
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002567 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2568
2569 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2570 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2571 that so that the environment is not available until
2572 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2573 this is instead controlled by the value of
2574 /config/load-environment.
2575
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002576- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002577 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2578
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002579 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2580 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2581 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002582
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002583- Serial Flash support
2584 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2585
2586 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2587 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2588
2589 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2590 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2591 commands.
2592
2593 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2594 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2595 flash is present on the system.
2596
2597 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2598 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2599 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2600 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2601
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002602 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2603
2604 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2605 test ('sf test').
2606
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302607 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2608
2609 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2610 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2611
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002612- SystemACE Support:
2613 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2614
2615 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2616 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002617 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002618 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002619
2620 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002621 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002622
2623 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2624 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2625
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002626- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2627 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2628
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002629 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002630 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002631 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002632 number generator is used.
2633
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002634 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2635 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2636 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2637
2638 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002639 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2640 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2641 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2642 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2643 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2644 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2645
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002646- Hashing support:
2647 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2648
2649 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2650 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2651
2652 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2653
2654 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2655 size a little.
2656
2657 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2658 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2659
2660 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2661 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2662
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002663- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2664 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2665 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2666 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2667
2668 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2669 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2670 a boot from specific media.
2671
2672 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2673 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2674 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2675 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2676 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2677
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002678- Signing support:
2679 CONFIG_RSA
2680
2681 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2682 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2683
2684 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2685 option.
2686
2687
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002688- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2690
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002691 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2692 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2693 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2694 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2695 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2696 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002698- Detailed boot stage timing
2699 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2700 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2701 of the boot process.
2702
2703 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2704 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2705 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2706 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2707 the limit, recording will stop.
2708
2709 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2710 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2711
2712 Timer summary in microseconds:
2713 Mark Elapsed Stage
2714 0 0 reset
2715 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2716 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2717 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2718 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2719 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2720 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2721 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2722
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002723 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2724 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2725 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2726
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002727 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2728 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2729 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2730 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2731 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2732 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2733 For example:
2734
2735 bootstage {
2736 154 {
2737 name = "board_init_f";
2738 mark = <3575678>;
2739 };
2740 170 {
2741 name = "lcd";
2742 accum = <33482>;
2743 };
2744 };
2745
2746 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2747
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002748Legacy uImage format:
2749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002750 Arg Where When
2751 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002752 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002754 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002755 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002756 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2758 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2759 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002760 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2762 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2763 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2764 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002765 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002767
2768 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2769 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2770 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2771 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2772 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2773 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2774 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002775 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002776 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2777 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2778
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002779 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002781 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002782 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2783 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002784
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002785 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2786 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2787 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2788 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2789 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2790 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2791 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2792 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2793 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2794 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2795 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2796 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2797 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2798 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2799 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2800 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2801 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2802 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2803 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2804 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2805 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2806 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2807 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2808 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2809 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2810 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2811 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2812 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2813 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2814 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2815 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2816 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2817 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2818 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2819 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2820 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2821 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2822 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2823 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2824 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2825 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2826 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2827 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2828 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2829 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2830 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2831 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002833 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002835 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002836 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2837 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002838
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002839 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2840 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002841 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002842 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2843 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2844 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002845 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2846 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002847 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002849FIT uImage format:
2850
2851 Arg Where When
2852 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2853 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2854 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2855 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2856 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2857 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002858 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002859 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2860 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2861 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2862 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2863 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002864 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2865 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002866 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2867 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2868 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2869 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2870 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2871 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2872 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2873 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2874
2875 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2876 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2877 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002878 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002879 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2880 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2881 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2882 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2883 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2884 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2885 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2886 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2887 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2888 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2889 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2890 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2891
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002892 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002893 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2894
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002895 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002896 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2897
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002898 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002899 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2900
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002901- FIT image support:
2902 CONFIG_FIT
2903 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2904
2905 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2906 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2907 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2908 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2909 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2910 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2911
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002912 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2913 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2914 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2915 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2916
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002917- Standalone program support:
2918 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2919
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002920 This option defines a board specific value for the
2921 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2922 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002923 settings.
2924
2925- Frame Buffer Address:
2926 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2927
2928 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002929 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2930 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2931 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2932 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2933 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2934 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2935 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002936
2937 Please see board_init_f function.
2938
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002939- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2940 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2941 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2942 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2943
2944 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2945 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2946
2947- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2948 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2949
2950 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2951 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2952
2953 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2954
2955 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2956 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2957
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002958- UBI support
2959 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2960
2961 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2962 with the UBI flash translation layer
2963
2964 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2965
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002966 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2967
2968 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2969 warnings and errors enabled.
2970
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002971- UBIFS support
2972 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2973
2974 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2975 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2976
2977 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2978
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002979 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2980
2981 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2982 warnings and errors enabled.
2983
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002984- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002985 CONFIG_SPL
2986 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002987
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002988 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2989 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2990
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002991 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2992 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2993 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2994 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002995 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002996 must not be both defined at the same time.
2997
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002998 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002999 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3000 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3001 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3002 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003003
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003004 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3005 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003006
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003007 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3008 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3009 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3010
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003011 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3012 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3013
3014 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003015 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3016 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3017 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003018 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003019 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003020
3021 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3022 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3023
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003024 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3025 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3026 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3027 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3028
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003029 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3030 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3031
3032 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3033 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003034
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003035 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3036 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3037 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3038 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3039
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003040 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3041 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3042 about the running system.
3043
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003044 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3045 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3046
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003047 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3048 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003049
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003050 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3051 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003052
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003053 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3054 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003055
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003056 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3057 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003058
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003059 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3060 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003061
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003062 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3063 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3064 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3065 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3066 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3067
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003068 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3069 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3070 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3071
3072 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3073 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3074 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3075 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3076 (for falcon mode)
3077
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003078 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3079 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3080
3081 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3082 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3083
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003084 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3085 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3086 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3087
3088 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3089 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3090 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3091
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003092 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3093 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3094 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3095 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3096 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3097
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003098 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3099 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3100 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3101
3102 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3103 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3104
3105 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3106 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3107
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003108 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003109 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3110 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003111
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003112 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3113 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3114 arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xxx/ddr/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3115
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003116 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3117 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3118 SPL binary.
3119
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003120 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3121 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3122 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3123 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3124 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3125 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003126 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003127
3128 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003129 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3130
3131 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3132 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3133
3134 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3135 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003136
3137 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003138 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003139
3140 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3141 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3142 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3143
3144 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3145 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3146 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3147
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003148 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3149 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003150
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003151 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3152 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003153
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003154 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3155 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003156
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003157 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3158 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3159
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003160 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3161 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003162
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003163 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3164 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3165
3166 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3167 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3168 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3169 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3170
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003171 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003172 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3173 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3174 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3175 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3176 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003177
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003178 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3179 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3180 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3181 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3182
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003183 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3184 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3185 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3186 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3187 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3188
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003189- TPL framework
3190 CONFIG_TPL
3191 Enable building of TPL globally.
3192
3193 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3194 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3195 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3196 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3197 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3198 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200Modem Support:
3201--------------
3202
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003203[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003205- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3207
3208- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3209 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3210
3211- Modem debug support:
3212 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3213
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003214 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3215 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003217- Interrupt support (PPC):
3218
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003219 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3220 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003221 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003222 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003223 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003224 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003225 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003226 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3227 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3228 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230- General:
3231
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003232 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3233 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3234 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003235 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003236 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3237 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3238 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003240 If there are no modem init strings in the
3241 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3242 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003243 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244
3245 See also: doc/README.Modem
3246
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003247Board initialization settings:
3248------------------------------
3249
3250During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3251to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3252before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3253following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3254architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3255typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3256
3257- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3258- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3259- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3260- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003261
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262Configuration Settings:
3263-----------------------
3264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3267
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003268- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3269 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003272 prompt for user input.
3273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003274- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003276- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003278- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003280- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3282 booted
3283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003284- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003285 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003287- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003288 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003290- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003291 If the board specific function
3292 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3293 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003294 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003297 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003302- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3304 simple memory test.
3305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003306- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003307 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003309- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003310 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3311 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3312
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003313- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3314 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003315 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003316 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003317 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3318 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3319 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003320 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003321 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003322 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003323
3324 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3325 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3326 be touched.
3327
3328 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3329 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3330 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3331 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3332 problems.
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003338 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3342 Cogent motherboard)
3343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003344- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003347- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3349 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003350 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003351 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003353- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003354 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3355 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3356 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3357 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003359- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003360 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003363 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3364 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003365 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003366 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3370 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003371 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3372 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003373 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003374 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003375 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003376 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3377 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3378 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003379
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003380- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3381 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3382 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3383 is enabled.
3384
3385- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3386 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3387 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3388
3389- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3390 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3391 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003393- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394 Max number of Flash memory banks
3395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003396- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3398
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003399- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003400 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3401
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003402- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003405- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003406 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003408- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003409 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003411- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003412 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3413 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416
3417 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3418 without this option such a download has to be
3419 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3420 copy from RAM to flash.
3421
3422 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3423 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003424 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3425 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003428- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003429 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003430 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3431
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003432- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003433 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3434 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003436- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3437 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3438 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3439 to the MTD layer.
3440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003441- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003442 Use buffered writes to flash.
3443
3444- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3445 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3446 write commands.
3447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003448- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003449 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3450 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3451 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3452 optionally available.
3453
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003454- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3455 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3456 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3457 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3458
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003459- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3460 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3461 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3462 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3463 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3464 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3465 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3466 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003468- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003469 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3470 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003471 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3472 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003473 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003474 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3475
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003476- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3477
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003478 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3479 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3480 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3481 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3482 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003483
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003484- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3485- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003486 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003487 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3488 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3489 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3490
3491 The format of the list is:
3492 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003493 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3494 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003495 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3496 list = entry[,list]
3497
3498 The type attributes are:
3499 s - String (default)
3500 d - Decimal
3501 x - Hexadecimal
3502 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3503 i - IP address
3504 m - MAC address
3505
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003506 The access attributes are:
3507 a - Any (default)
3508 r - Read-only
3509 o - Write-once
3510 c - Change-default
3511
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003512 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3513 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3514 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3515
3516 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3517 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3518 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3519 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3520 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3521 ".flags" variable.
3522
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003523- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3524 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3525 access flags.
3526
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003527- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3528 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3529 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3530 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3531 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3532 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3533 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3534 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3535 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3536
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003537- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3538 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3539 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3540 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3541 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3542
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003543- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3544 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3545 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3546 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3549of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3550following configurations:
3551
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003552- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3553
3554 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3555 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003557- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558
3559 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3560
3561 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3562 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3563 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3564 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3565 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3566 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3567 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3568 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3569 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3570 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3571 between U-Boot and the environment.
3572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003573 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
3575 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3576 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3577 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3578 for this sector is given here.
3579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003580 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003582 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583
3584 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3585 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003586 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003588 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003589
3590 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3591
3592
3593 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3594 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3595 the environment.
3596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003597 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003599 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003600 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3602 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3603
3604 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3605 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3606 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3607 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3608 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3609 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3610 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3611 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3612 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003614 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3615 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003617 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003618 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003619 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003620 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
3622BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3623source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3624accordingly!
3625
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003627- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003628
3629 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3630 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3631 environment.
3632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003633 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3634 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003635
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003636 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003637 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3638 can just be read and written to, without any special
3639 provision.
3640
3641BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3642in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003643console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003644U-Boot will hang.
3645
3646Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3647environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3648keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3649to save the current settings.
3650
3651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003652- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653
3654 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3655 device and a driver for it.
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003657 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3658 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
3660 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3661 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003663 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3665 The default address is zero.
3666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003667 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003668 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3669 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3670 would require six bits.
3671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003672 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003674 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003676 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3678 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003680 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003681 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3682 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3683 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3684 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3685 byte chips.
3686
3687 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3688 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3689 in the chip address.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3693
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003694 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3695 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3696 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3697
3698 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3699 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3700 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3701 EEPROM. For example:
3702
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003703 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003704
3705 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3706 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003708- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003709
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003710 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003711 want to use for the environment.
3712
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003713 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3714 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3715 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003716
3717 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3718 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3719 at the specified address.
3720
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003721- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3722
3723 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3724 want to use for the local device's environment.
3725
3726 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3727 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3728
3729 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3730 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3731 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003732 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003733
3734BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3735"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003736environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3737but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003739- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003740
3741 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3742 for the environment.
3743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003744 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3745 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003746
3747 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003748 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3749 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003750
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003751 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003753 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003754 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3755 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003756 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003757 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003758
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003759 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3760
3761 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3762 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3763 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3764 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3765 the range to be avoided.
3766
3767 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3768
3769 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3770 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3771 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3772 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3773 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003774
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003775- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3776
3777 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3778 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3779 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3780
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003781- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3782
3783 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3784 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3785 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3786
3787 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3788
3789 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3790
3791 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3792
3793 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3794 environment in.
3795
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003796 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3797
3798 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3799 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3800 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3801
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003802 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3803 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3804
3805 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3806 when storing the env in UBI.
3807
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003808- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3809
3810 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3811 environment.
3812
3813 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3814
3815 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3816
3817 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3818
3819 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3820 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3821 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3822
3823 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3824 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3825
3826 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3827 area within the specified MMC device.
3828
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003829 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3830 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3831 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3832 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3833 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3834 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3835 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3836
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003837 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3838 MMC sector boundary.
3839
3840 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3841
3842 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3843 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3844 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3845 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3846
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003847 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3848 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3849
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003850 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3851 an MMC sector boundary.
3852
3853 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3854
3855 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3856 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3857 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003859- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860
3861 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3862 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3863 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3864 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3865 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3866 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3867 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3868
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003869Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003871created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872until then to read environment variables.
3873
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003874The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3875is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3876with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3877necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3878"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3879have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
3881Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3882the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003883use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003885- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003886 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003888 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003889 also needs to be defined.
3890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003891- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003892 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003894- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3895 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3896 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3897 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3898 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3899 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3900
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003901- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3902 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3903 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3904 to do this.
3905
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003906- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3907 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3908 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3909 present.
3910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003912---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003919
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003920 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3921 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3922 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003924- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3925 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3926 PowerPC SOCs.
3927
3928- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3929 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3930 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3931
3932 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3933 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3934
3935- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3936 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3937 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003938 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003939 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3940 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3941 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3942
3943 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3944 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3945
3946- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003947 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3948 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003949 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3950 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3951
3952- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3953 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3954 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3955 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3956
3957- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3958 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3959 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3960
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003961- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003962 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003963
3964 the default drive number (default value 0)
3965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003966 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003967
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003968 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003969 (default value 1)
3970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003972
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003973 defines the offset of register from address. It
3974 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003975 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003977 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3978 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003979 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003981 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003982 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3983 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3984 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3985 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003986
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003987- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3988 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3989 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3990 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3991 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3992 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3993 is requierd.
3994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003995- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003996 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003997 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003999- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004001 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4003 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4004 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4005 will become available only after programming the
4006 memory controller and running certain initialization
4007 sequences.
4008
4009 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4010 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4011 - MPC824X: data cache
4012 - PPC4xx: data cache
4013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
4016 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004017 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4018 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004020 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004021 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4022 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4023 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024
4025 Note:
4026 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4027 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004028 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4030 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004034- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004036- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004038- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004040- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004044- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045 SDRAM timing
4046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004047- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048 periodic timer for refresh
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004052- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4053 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4054 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4055 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4057
4058- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004059 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4060 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004063- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4064 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4066 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004068- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004069 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4070 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004072- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004073 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4074 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004076- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4078 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004080- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4082 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4083 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004085- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004086 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4087 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4088 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4089 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004091- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4092 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4093 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4094 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4095 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4096 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4097 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4098 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004099 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004100
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004101- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4102 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4103 required.
4104
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004105- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4106 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4107 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4108 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4109 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4110 by coreboot or similar.
4111
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004112- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4113 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4114
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004115- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4116 Chip has SRIO or not
4117
4118- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4119 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4120
4121- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4122 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4123
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004124- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4125 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4126
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004127- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4128 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4129
4130- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4131 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4132
4133- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4134 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4135
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004136- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4137 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4138 a 16 bit bus.
4139 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004140 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004141 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004142 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004143
4144- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4145 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4146 a default value will be used.
4147
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004148- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004149 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4150 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4151
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004152 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4153 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004155- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004156 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4157 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4158 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004159
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004160- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4161 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4162 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4163 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4164 header files or board specific files.
4165
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004166- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4167 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004170 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4171 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004172
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004173- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4174 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4175
4176- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4177 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004178 to the given FEC; i. e.
4179 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004180 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4181
4182 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4183
4184- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4185 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4186 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4187
4188- CONFIG_RMII
4189 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4190 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4191 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4192
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004193- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4194 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4195 The syntax is:
4196
4197 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4198
4199 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4200 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4201 area should have.
4202
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004203- CONFIG_LOOPW
4204 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004205 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004206
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004207- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4208 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4209 "md/mw" commands.
4210 Examples:
4211
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004212 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004213 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4214
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004215 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004216 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4217
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004218 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004219 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004220
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004221- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004222 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004223 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4224 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4225 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004226
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004227 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4228 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4229 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4230 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004231
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004232- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004233 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4234 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4235 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004236
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004237- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4238 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4239 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4240 It is loaded by the SPL.
4241
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004242- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4243 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4244 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4245 previous 4k of the .text section.
4246
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004247- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4248 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4249 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4250 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4251 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4252 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4253 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4254 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4255
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004256- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4257 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4258 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4259 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4260 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4261
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004262- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4263 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4264 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004265
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004266- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4267 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4268
4269 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004270
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004271Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4272-----------------------------------
4273
4274The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4275loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4276This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4277are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4278within that device.
4279
4280- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4281 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4282 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4283 is also specified.
4284
4285- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4286 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4287 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4288 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4289 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4290
4291- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4292 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4293 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4294 virtual address in NOR flash.
4295
4296- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4297 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4298 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4299
4300- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4301 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4302 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4303
4304- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4305 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4306 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4307
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004308- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4309 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4310 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004311 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4312 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4313 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004314
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315Building the Software:
4316======================
4317
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004318Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4319and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4320all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4321(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4322recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4323which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004325If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4326have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4327you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4328Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4329necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004331 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4332 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004334Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4335 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4336 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4337 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4338
4339 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4340
4341 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4342 be executed on computers running Windows.
4343
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004344U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4345sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346is done by typing:
4347
4348 make NAME_config
4349
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004350where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004351rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4354 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4355 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4356 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004357 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359 make TQM823L_config
4360 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4363 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4369images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4372- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4373- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004375By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4376in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4377this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4378
43791. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4380
4381 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4382 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4383 make O=/tmp/build all
4384
43852. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4386
4387 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4388 make distclean
4389 make NAME_config
4390 make all
4391
4392Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4393variable.
4394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4397for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4398native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4402to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4403steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000044051. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004406 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4407 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000044082. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4409 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4410 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
44113. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4412 your board
44133. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4414 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
44154. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
44165. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4417 to be installed on your target system.
44186. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4419 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4423==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004425If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4426or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4428the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004429official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004430
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004431But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4432cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4434just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004435for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4436select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4437environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4438you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004446When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4447U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4448setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4449built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4450<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4451location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4452variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004453
4454 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4455 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4456 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4457
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004458With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4459log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4460during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004461
4462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466Monitor Commands - Overview:
4467============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004469go - start application at address 'addr'
4470run - run commands in an environment variable
4471bootm - boot application image from memory
4472bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004473bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004474tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4475 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4476 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004477tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4479diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4480loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4481loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4482md - memory display
4483mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4484nm - memory modify (constant address)
4485mw - memory write (fill)
4486cp - memory copy
4487cmp - memory compare
4488crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004489i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490sspi - SPI utility commands
4491base - print or set address offset
4492printenv- print environment variables
4493setenv - set environment variables
4494saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4495protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4496erase - erase FLASH memory
4497flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004498nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4500iminfo - print header information for application image
4501coninfo - print console devices and informations
4502ide - IDE sub-system
4503loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004504loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004505mtest - simple RAM test
4506icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4507dcache - enable or disable data cache
4508reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4509echo - echo args to console
4510version - print monitor version
4511help - print online help
4512? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4516========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
4522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523Environment Variables:
4524======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4527can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4530"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4531without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4532environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4533working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4534environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004536Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4537
4538List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004550 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4551 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4552 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4553 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4554 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4555 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004556 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4557 bootm_mapsize.
4558
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004559 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004560 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4561 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4562 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4563 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4564 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4565 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004566
4567 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4568 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4569 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4570 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4571 environment variable.
4572
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004573 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4574 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4575 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4578 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4579 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4580 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4583 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4584 be automatically started (by internally calling
4585 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4588 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4589 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4590 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4591 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004593 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4594 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004595 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4596 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4597 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4598 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4599 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4600 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4601 access it during the boot procedure.
4602
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004603 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4604 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4605 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4606 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4607 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4608 must be accessible by the kernel.
4609
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004610 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4611 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4612 defined.
4613
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004614 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4615 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4616 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4617 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4618 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4621 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4622 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4623 is usually what you want since it allows for
4624 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4625 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004626 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4628 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4629 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4630 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4633 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4634 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4635 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4636 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4637 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4642 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4643 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4644 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4645 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4646 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4647 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4652 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004664 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004666 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4667 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004669 => setenv ethact FEC
4670 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4671 => setenv ethact SCC
4672 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004674 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4675 available network interfaces.
4676 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4677
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004678 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4680 When set to "once" the network operation will
4681 fail when all the available network interfaces
4682 are tried once without success.
4683 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4684 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004686 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004687
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004688 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4689 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4690 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4691 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4692 is silent.
4693
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004694 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004695 UDP source port.
4696
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004697 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4698 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4699
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004700 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4701 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4702
4703 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4704 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4705 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4706 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4707 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4708 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4709 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4710
4711 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004712 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004714
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004715The following image location variables contain the location of images
4716used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4717not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4718variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4719server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4720loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4721flash or offset in NAND flash.
4722
4723*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4724boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4725boards use these variables for other purposes.
4726
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004727Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4728----- --------- ----------- --------------
4729u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4730Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4731device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4732ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4735updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4736depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738 bootfile - see above
4739 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4740 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4741 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4742 hostname - Target hostname
4743 ipaddr - see above
4744 netmask - Subnet Mask
4745 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4746 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004747
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004751 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4752 as type string and/or serial number
4753 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4756the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4757once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
4759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4763 with the "version" command. This variable is
4764 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4768only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004770
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004771Callback functions for environment variables:
4772---------------------------------------------
4773
4774For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4775when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4776be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4777deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4778effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4779
4780The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4781U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4782
4783These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4784static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4785in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4786associations. The list must be in the following format:
4787
4788 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4789 list = entry[,list]
4790
4791If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4792Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4793
4794Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4795with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4796override any association in the static list. You can define
4797CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4798".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4799
4800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801Command Line Parsing:
4802=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4805the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807Old, simple command line parser:
4808--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4811- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004812- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4814 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004815 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4817 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819Hush shell:
4820-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004822- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4823 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4824 until...do...done, ...
4825- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4826 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4827 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4828 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830General rules:
4831--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4834 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4835 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4836 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004839 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4841 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4844=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004845
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004846Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4848"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4851MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4852"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4855in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4856ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4857variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4860 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4863 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4864 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4867 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4870 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4871 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4874 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004876If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004877will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004878may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4879The naming convention is as follows:
4880"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882Image Formats:
4883==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004885U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4886images in two formats:
4887
4888New uImage format (FIT)
4889-----------------------
4890
4891Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4892to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4893components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4894SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4895
4896
4897Old uImage format
4898-----------------
4899
4900Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4901preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4902details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4905 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004906 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4907 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4908 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004909* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004910 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4911 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4913* Load Address
4914* Entry Point
4915* Image Name
4916* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4919and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4920CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923Linux Support:
4924==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4927easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4928U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4931special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4932"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4933instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4934serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4937 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4938 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4941 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4944 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4945 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4946 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4947 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4948 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951Linux HOWTO:
4952============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4955---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4958configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4959(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4960Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004962But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4965include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004966Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4967and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004968as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971Configuring the Linux kernel:
4972-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4975device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978Building a Linux Image:
4979-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4982not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4983"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4984U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4985which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4986100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990 make TQM850L_config
4991 make oldconfig
4992 make dep
4993 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4996encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4997CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5004 -R .note -R .comment \
5005 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005013 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5014 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5015 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005016
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5019with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5020combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5021byte header containing information about target architecture,
5022operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5023stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5026print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5029contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5030checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 tools/mkimage -l image
5033 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5036from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5039 -n name -d data_file image
5040 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5041 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5042 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5043 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5044 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5045 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5046 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5047 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005048
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005049Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5050address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5051kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5054- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5059 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005060 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5062 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5063 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5065 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5066 Load Address: 0x00000000
5067 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5072 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5073 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5074 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5075 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5076 Load Address: 0x00000000
5077 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5080speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5081needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5082need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005084 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5086 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005087 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5089 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5090 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5091 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5092 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5093 Load Address: 0x00000000
5094 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5098when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5101 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5102 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5103 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5104 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5105 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5106 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5107 Load Address: 0x00000000
5108 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005109
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111Installing a Linux Image:
5112-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5115you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5120image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5121address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5122specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5123command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5126TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 .......... done
5131 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133 => loads 40100000
5134 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5135 ~>examples/image.srec
5136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5137 ...
5138 15989 15990 15991 15992
5139 [file transfer complete]
5140 [connected]
5141 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
5143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005145this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5151 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5152 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5153 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5154 Load Address: 00000000
5155 Entry Point: 0000000c
5156 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
5158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159Boot Linux:
5160-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5163memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5164of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5165parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5166"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
5168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169 => printenv bootargs
5170 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174 => printenv bootargs
5175 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177 => bootm 40020000
5178 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5179 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5180 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5181 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5182 Load Address: 00000000
5183 Entry Point: 0000000c
5184 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5185 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5186 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5187 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5188 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5189 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5190 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5191 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005193If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5195format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5200 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5201 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5202 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5203 Load Address: 00000000
5204 Entry Point: 0000000c
5205 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5208 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5210 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5211 Load Address: 00000000
5212 Entry Point: 00000000
5213 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5216 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5217 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5218 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5219 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5220 Load Address: 00000000
5221 Entry Point: 0000000c
5222 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5223 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5224 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5225 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5226 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5227 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5228 Load Address: 00000000
5229 Entry Point: 00000000
5230 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5231 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5232 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5233 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5234 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5235 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5236 ...
5237 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5238 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005242Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5243-----------
5244
5245First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5246titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5247following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5248flat device tree:
5249
5250=> print oftaddr
5251oftaddr=0x300000
5252=> print oft
5253oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5254=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5255Speed: 1000, full duplex
5256Using TSEC0 device
5257TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5258Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5259Load address: 0x300000
5260Loading: #
5261done
5262Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5263=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5264Speed: 1000, full duplex
5265Using TSEC0 device
5266TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5267Filename 'uImage'.
5268Load address: 0x200000
5269Loading:############
5270done
5271Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5272=> print loadaddr
5273loadaddr=200000
5274=> print oftaddr
5275oftaddr=0x300000
5276=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5277## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005278 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5279 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5280 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005281 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005282 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005283 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5284 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5285Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5286Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5287Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5288[snip]
5289
5290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291More About U-Boot Image Types:
5292------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5297 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5298 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5299 the Standalone Program.
5300 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5301 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5302 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5303 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5304 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5305 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5306 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5307 being started.
5308 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5309 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5310 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5311 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5312 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5313 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5316 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5317 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5318 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5319 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5320 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5323 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5324 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5327 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5328 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5329 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005330
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005331Booting the Linux zImage:
5332-------------------------
5333
5334On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5335using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5336as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5337
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005338Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005339kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5340address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5341format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344Standalone HOWTO:
5345=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5348run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5349U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353"Hello World" Demo:
5354-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5357application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5358It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5359like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361 => loads
5362 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5363 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5364 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5365 [file transfer complete]
5366 [connected]
5367 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5370 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5371 Hello World
5372 argc = 7
5373 argv[0] = "40004"
5374 argv[1] = "Hello"
5375 argv[2] = "World!"
5376 argv[3] = "This"
5377 argv[4] = "is"
5378 argv[5] = "a"
5379 argv[6] = "test."
5380 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5381 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5386handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5387Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5388The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5389character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5390controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5393 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5394 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5395 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 => loads
5398 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5399 ~>examples/timer.srec
5400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5401 [file transfer complete]
5402 [connected]
5403 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 => go 40004
5406 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5407 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5408 Using timer 1
5409 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411Hit 'b':
5412 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5413 Enabling timer
5414Hit '?':
5415 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5416 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5417Hit '?':
5418 [q, b, e, ?] .
5419 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5420Hit '?':
5421 [q, b, e, ?] .
5422 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5423Hit '?':
5424 [q, b, e, ?] .
5425 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5426Hit 'e':
5427 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5428Hit 'q':
5429 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
5431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432Minicom warning:
5433================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5436"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5437consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5438Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5439especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005440use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5441http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5442for help with kermit.
5443
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5446configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5449 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5450 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005451
5452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453NetBSD Notes:
5454=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5457(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5460NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5461need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5462Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5463attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5464missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5467 # mkdir powerpc
5468 # ln -s powerpc machine
5469 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5470 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5473and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5476stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5477proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5478tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005479meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005480
5481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005482Implementation Internals:
5483=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5486implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5487inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5488hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
5490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491Initial Stack, Global Data:
5492---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005494The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5495starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5496system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5497This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5498is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5499at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5500options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5501models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5502MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5503locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005505 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005506 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5509 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5510 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5511 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5514 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5515 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5516 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5517 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005518 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005519 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5520 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5523 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005524 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5526 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5527 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5528 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005530 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5532 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005533 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5535 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5536 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5537 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5538 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540 -Chris Hallinan
5541 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005543It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5544code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5547 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005549* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5551 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5554 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5557normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5558turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5559simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5560functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5561functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5562the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5563place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5564reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5567relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5568GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5571 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005572 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5574 R5-R10: parameter passing
5575 R13: small data area pointer
5576 R30: GOT pointer
5577 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005579 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5580 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5581 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005583 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5586 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5587 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5588 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5589 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5590 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005592On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005593 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5594
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005595 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599 R0: function argument word/integer result
5600 R1-R3: function argument word
5601 R9: GOT pointer
5602 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5603 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5604 R12: temporary workspace
5605 R13: stack pointer
5606 R14: link register
5607 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005611On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5612 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5613
5614 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5615
5616 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5617 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5618
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005619On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5620
5621 R0-R1: argument/return
5622 R2-R5: argument
5623 R15: temporary register for assembler
5624 R16: trampoline register
5625 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5626 R29: global pointer (GP)
5627 R30: link register (LP)
5628 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5629 PC: program counter (PC)
5630
5631 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5632
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005633NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5634or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636Memory Management:
5637------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5640MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5643controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5644memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5645physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5648TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5649booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5650to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005651memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5653Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005655Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5656of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5659this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5662 :
5663 0x0000 1FFF
5664 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5665 :
5666 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668 :
5669 :
5670 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5671 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5672 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5673 :
5674 0x00FD FFFF
5675 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5676 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5677 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5678 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
5680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681System Initialization:
5682----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005685(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5687To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5688To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5689initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5690which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5691part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5692the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5695preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5696(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5697on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5698programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5699simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5700banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5703different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5704bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
57050x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5706contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5709and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5710Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5711pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5714until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5715running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5716new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
5718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719U-Boot Porting Guide:
5720----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005722[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5723list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005724
5725
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005726int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727{
5728 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005730 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5731 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005734 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735 return 0;
5736 }
5737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738 Download latest U-Boot source;
5739
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005740 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005742 if (clueless)
5743 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745 while (learning) {
5746 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005747 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5748 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005750 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005753 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5754 Buy a BDI3000;
5755 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005757
5758 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5759 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5760 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5761 } else {
5762 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5763 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005765 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5766 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005768 while (!accepted) {
5769 while (!running) {
5770 do {
5771 Add / modify source code;
5772 } until (compiles);
5773 Debug;
5774 if (clueless)
5775 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5776 }
5777 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5778 if (reasonable critiques)
5779 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5780 else
5781 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 return 0;
5785}
5786
5787void no_more_time (int sig)
5788{
5789 hire_a_guru();
5790}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
5792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793Coding Standards:
5794-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005797coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005798"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005800Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5801MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5802reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5803sources.
5804
5805Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5806Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5807in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808
5809Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5810- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005811- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005813- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5815
5816Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5817with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
5819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005820Submitting Patches:
5821-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5824establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5825may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005827Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005828
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005829Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5830see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5833it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5836 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5837 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5840 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5843
5844* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5845
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005846* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5847 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848
5849* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5850 document these in the README file.
5851
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005852* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5853 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005854 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005855 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5856 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005858 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5859 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5860 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005861
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005862 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5863 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5864 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5865 affected files).
5866
5867 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5868 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869
5870* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5871 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5872
5873* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5874 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5875
5876
5877Notes:
5878
5879* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5880 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5881 for any of the boards.
5882
5883* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5884 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5885 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5886
5887* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5888 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5889 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5890 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5891 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5892 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005893
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005894* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5895 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5896 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5897 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.